1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
103 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
104 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
105 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
106 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
109 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
113 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
115 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
116 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
117 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
118 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
119 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
121 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
123 && (flag_unwind_tables
124 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
129 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
131 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
134 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
135 must be kept around forever. */
136 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
138 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
139 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
140 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
142 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
144 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
145 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
146 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
147 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
148 define type declaration DIE's. */
149 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
151 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
152 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
153 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
154 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
155 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
156 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
157 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
158 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
159 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
160 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
161 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
162 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
164 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
165 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
166 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
169 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
170 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
171 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
173 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
174 Information instructions. The register number, offset
175 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
176 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
178 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
180 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
186 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
188 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
189 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
190 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
191 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
195 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
197 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
198 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
199 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
201 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
206 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
207 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
208 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
209 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
210 of this structure. */
211 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
213 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
216 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
219 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
220 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
221 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
222 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
223 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
225 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
230 const char *dw_fde_end
;
231 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
232 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
233 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
234 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
235 bool dw_fde_switched_sections
;
236 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
237 unsigned funcdef_number
;
238 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
239 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
240 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
244 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
245 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
247 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
248 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
249 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
250 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
252 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
253 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
256 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
257 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
258 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
261 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
262 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
265 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
266 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
267 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
270 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
271 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
273 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
277 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
279 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
280 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
281 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
283 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
284 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
285 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
286 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
288 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
292 /* CIE identifier. */
293 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
294 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
295 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
297 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
300 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
301 information for each routine. */
302 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
304 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
305 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
307 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
308 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
310 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
312 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
314 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
315 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
317 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
318 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
319 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
320 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
321 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
322 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
325 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
328 unsigned int refcount
;
333 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
335 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
336 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
338 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
340 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
342 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
343 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
344 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
345 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
346 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
347 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
348 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
349 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
350 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
351 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
352 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
353 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
354 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
, bool);
355 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
356 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
357 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
359 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
360 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
361 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
362 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
363 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
364 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
365 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
367 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
368 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
369 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
372 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
373 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
374 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
376 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
377 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
380 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
381 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
384 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
385 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
388 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
389 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
391 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
392 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
393 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
394 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
395 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
396 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
397 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
398 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
399 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
400 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
402 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
403 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
405 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
407 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
409 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
413 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
414 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
415 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
416 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
419 /* Hook used by __throw. */
422 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
424 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
425 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
428 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
429 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
432 stripattributes (const char *s
)
434 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
439 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
446 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
447 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
450 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
452 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
453 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
454 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
457 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
460 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
463 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
464 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
465 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
466 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
468 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
470 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
472 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
474 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
475 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
478 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
479 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
480 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
482 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
484 wrote_return_column
= true;
486 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
490 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
491 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
495 if (!wrote_return_column
)
496 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
498 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
499 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
503 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
506 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
510 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
511 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
513 return "DW_CFA_offset";
515 return "DW_CFA_restore";
519 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
521 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
526 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
527 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
528 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
529 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
531 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
532 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
533 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
534 case DW_CFA_register
:
535 return "DW_CFA_register";
536 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
537 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
538 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
539 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
541 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
542 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
548 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
549 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
550 case DW_CFA_expression
:
551 return "DW_CFA_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
553 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
554 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
559 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
560 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
561 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
564 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
565 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
572 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
576 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
578 static inline dw_cfi_ref
581 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
583 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
584 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
585 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
590 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
593 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
597 /* Find the end of the chain. */
598 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
604 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
607 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
609 static char label
[20];
611 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
612 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
616 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
617 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
620 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
624 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
627 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
629 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
630 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
634 label
= xstrdup (label
);
636 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
638 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
639 set the location directly using set_loc. */
640 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
641 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
643 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
644 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
646 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
649 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
653 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
656 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
659 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
661 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
663 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
664 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
666 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
668 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
671 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
674 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
675 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
677 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
678 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
680 = cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
682 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
683 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
690 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
693 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
697 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
700 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
702 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
703 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
705 if (fde_table_in_use
)
707 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
708 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
709 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
713 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
714 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
716 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
718 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
720 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
721 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
723 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
724 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
726 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
727 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
728 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
731 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
738 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
741 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
744 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
746 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
747 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
748 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
749 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
750 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
753 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
754 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
757 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
760 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
765 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
766 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
768 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
769 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
771 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
772 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
777 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
779 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
780 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
783 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
784 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
786 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
787 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
791 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
792 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
796 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
797 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
798 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
801 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
802 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
803 offset has not changed. */
804 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
805 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
809 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
811 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
812 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
813 the specified offset. */
816 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset
= loc
.offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
817 gcc_assert (f_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== loc
.offset
);
819 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
820 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
821 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= f_offset
;
825 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
826 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
827 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
832 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
833 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
834 register-offset pair is available. */
835 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
837 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
838 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
839 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
842 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
845 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
846 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
847 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
848 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
851 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
853 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
855 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
857 if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
860 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
862 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
864 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
866 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
868 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
869 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
870 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
872 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
874 gcc_assert (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== offset
);
877 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
879 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
881 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
883 else if (sreg
== reg
)
884 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
887 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
888 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
891 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
894 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
895 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
896 from the previous frame's window save area.
898 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
899 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
902 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
904 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
906 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
907 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
910 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
911 pushed onto the stack. */
914 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
918 if (size
== old_args_size
)
921 old_args_size
= size
;
924 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
925 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
926 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
929 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
930 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
933 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
935 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
938 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
939 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
942 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
944 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
947 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
948 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
951 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
953 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
956 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
957 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
960 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
962 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
963 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
965 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
968 /* RA is in a register. */
969 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
973 /* RA is on the stack. */
975 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
978 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
983 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
984 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
988 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
989 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
999 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1000 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1001 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1002 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1003 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1010 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1011 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1014 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1017 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1018 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
1020 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1021 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1022 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1025 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1027 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1028 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1029 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1030 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1031 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1034 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1038 else if (MEM_P (dest
))
1040 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1041 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1042 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1048 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1050 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1051 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1052 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1053 && GET_CODE (val
) == CONST_INT
);
1054 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1061 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1063 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1070 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1072 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1087 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1088 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1089 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1092 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1094 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1098 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1099 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1100 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1101 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1102 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1105 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1106 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1107 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1109 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1111 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1112 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1113 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1114 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1115 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1116 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1117 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1118 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1123 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1125 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1126 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1129 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1131 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1132 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1133 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1134 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1135 offset
= -args_size
;
1140 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1141 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1142 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1143 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1145 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1147 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1148 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1149 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1157 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1158 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1160 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1164 args_size
+= offset
;
1168 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1169 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1170 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1171 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1176 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1177 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1178 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1180 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1182 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1184 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1188 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1190 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1191 struct reg_saved_in_data
GTY(()) {
1196 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1197 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1198 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1199 more efficient data structure. */
1200 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1201 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1203 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1204 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1206 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1207 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1210 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1212 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1214 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1215 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1217 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1218 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1223 q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1224 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1225 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1229 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1230 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1232 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1235 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1238 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1240 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1242 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1245 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1247 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1248 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1250 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1252 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1253 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1255 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1257 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1258 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1261 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1263 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1265 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1266 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1269 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1270 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1273 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1274 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1275 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1276 have a new location for? */
1279 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1281 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1283 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1286 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1288 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1289 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1290 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1297 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1300 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1303 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1305 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1306 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1308 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1310 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1311 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1313 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1314 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1316 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1317 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1318 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1321 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1324 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1326 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1328 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1330 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1331 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1334 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1335 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1336 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1337 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1343 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1344 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1345 value, not an offset. */
1346 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1348 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1349 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1350 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1351 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1353 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1354 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1355 users need not read the source code.
1357 The High-Level Picture
1359 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1360 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1361 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1362 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1363 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1365 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1366 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1367 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1368 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1369 saves. This also seems to work.
1371 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1372 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1373 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1374 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1375 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1376 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1377 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1378 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1379 value as in the caller.
1381 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1382 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1383 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1384 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1386 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1389 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1391 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1392 consists of a register and an offset.
1393 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1394 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1395 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1396 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1397 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1398 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1399 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1401 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1402 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1403 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1406 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1407 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1408 and cfa_temp.offset.
1410 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1413 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1414 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1415 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1419 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1420 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1423 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1424 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1425 cfa.offset unchanged
1426 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1427 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1430 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1431 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1432 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1433 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1434 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1435 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1438 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1439 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1440 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1443 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1444 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1446 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1447 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1448 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1451 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1452 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1454 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1455 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1458 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1459 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1460 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1463 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1464 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1465 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1468 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1472 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1473 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1474 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1477 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1478 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1479 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1481 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1484 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1485 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1486 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1488 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1491 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1494 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1495 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1498 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1499 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1500 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1503 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1504 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1505 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1506 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1509 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1510 effects: target-dependent */
1513 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1516 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1518 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1519 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1520 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1521 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1522 flag is set in them. */
1523 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1526 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1529 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
1530 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
1531 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
1532 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
1533 handle register saves before register assignments. */
1534 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
1535 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1537 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
1538 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
1539 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
1540 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
1541 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
1544 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1546 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
1547 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
1548 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1549 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
1550 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
1555 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
1557 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1558 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1562 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
1567 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1570 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1572 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1574 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1577 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1578 relative to the current CFA register.
1580 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1581 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1582 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1583 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1584 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1585 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1586 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1590 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1591 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
1592 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1593 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
1594 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
1595 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
1602 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1606 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1609 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1612 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
1614 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1620 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1622 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1623 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1624 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1626 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1627 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1630 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
1632 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1634 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1635 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1636 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1637 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1639 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1642 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1643 or adjusting the FP */
1644 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
1646 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1647 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1648 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1649 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1650 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1652 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1653 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1657 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
1660 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1661 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1662 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1664 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1665 into the FP later on. */
1666 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1667 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1668 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1669 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1670 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1671 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1675 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1676 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1677 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1679 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1680 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1681 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1682 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1683 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1687 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1688 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1690 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1691 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1700 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1701 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1706 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
1707 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1708 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
);
1710 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1711 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1712 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1715 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1716 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1723 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
1724 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
1725 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
1732 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1736 gcc_assert (REG_P (src
));
1738 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1740 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1745 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1746 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
1748 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1750 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1751 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1753 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1754 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1755 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1757 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1763 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1764 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1767 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1768 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1770 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1771 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1772 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1774 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1778 /* With an offset. */
1785 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1786 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1787 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1788 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1791 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
1793 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1794 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1797 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1798 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1804 /* Without an offset. */
1807 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
1809 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
1810 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1813 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
1814 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1821 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
1822 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
1823 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1824 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1831 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1832 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1833 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1835 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1837 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1839 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1840 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1842 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1843 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1848 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1849 calculate the CFA. */
1850 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1854 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
1856 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1857 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1859 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1864 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1865 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
1873 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1874 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1875 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1877 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1878 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1881 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1886 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1890 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1891 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1893 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1896 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
1898 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1901 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1903 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1905 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1906 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
1908 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
1912 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1913 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1915 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1917 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1918 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
1922 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1923 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1925 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1927 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1929 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1934 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1935 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1936 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1938 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1939 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1944 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1945 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1947 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1948 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1949 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1950 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1951 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1952 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1955 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1956 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1957 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1958 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1959 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1960 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1961 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1962 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1963 case DW_CFA_register
:
1964 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1966 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1967 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1968 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1969 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1971 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1972 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1973 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1980 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1981 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1982 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1984 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1985 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1989 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1990 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1992 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1993 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1994 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1996 case DW_CFA_register
:
1997 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2000 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2004 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2006 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2007 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
2011 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
2015 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2016 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2020 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2026 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2028 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2030 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2032 flags
= ((! flag_pic
2033 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2034 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2035 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2036 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2037 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2038 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
2039 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
2042 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
2043 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
2047 if (eh_frame_section
)
2048 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
2051 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2052 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2053 switch_to_section (data_section
);
2054 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
2055 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2056 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
2057 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2058 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
2062 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2065 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
2068 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
2069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
2070 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
2071 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
2072 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
2073 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
2075 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2076 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2077 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
2078 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2080 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
2082 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2083 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
2084 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
2088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
2089 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
2091 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
2093 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2095 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2096 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2097 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
2100 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2101 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
2102 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2105 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2106 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2107 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2108 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2111 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2112 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2113 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2114 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2117 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2118 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2119 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2120 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2123 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2124 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
2125 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
2126 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
2129 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2130 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2131 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2132 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2133 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2136 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2138 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2140 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2143 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2144 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2145 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2146 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2147 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2148 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2151 case DW_CFA_register
:
2152 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2153 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2154 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
2155 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
2158 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2159 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2160 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2163 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
2167 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2170 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2171 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2172 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
2175 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
2176 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2185 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2186 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2187 location of saved registers. */
2190 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
2195 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
2196 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
2197 char augmentation
[6];
2198 int augmentation_size
;
2199 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2200 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2201 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
2204 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2205 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
2208 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2209 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2210 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2211 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2212 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2213 specialization doesn't. */
2214 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2215 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2217 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2218 if ((fde_table
[i
].nothrow
|| fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2219 && !fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
2220 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2221 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
2222 for_eh
, /* empty */ 1);
2224 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2225 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2226 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2227 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2230 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
2232 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2233 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
2234 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
2235 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2236 any_eh_needed
= true;
2237 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
2238 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2239 any_eh_needed
= true;
2241 if (! any_eh_needed
)
2245 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2250 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2253 if (!debug_frame_section
)
2254 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
2255 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
2256 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
2259 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2260 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
2262 /* Output the CIE. */
2263 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2264 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
2265 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2266 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2267 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2268 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2269 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2270 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2272 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2273 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2274 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
2275 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
2276 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
2280 augmentation
[0] = 0;
2281 augmentation_size
= 0;
2287 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2288 augmentation section.
2289 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2290 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2291 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2293 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2294 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2296 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2297 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2298 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2300 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2301 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2304 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2306 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2309 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2311 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2314 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2316 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2318 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2322 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2323 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2325 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2327 + 1 /* CIE version */
2328 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2329 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2330 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2332 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2333 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2334 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2336 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2338 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2339 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2340 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
2344 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2345 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2346 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2347 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2349 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
2350 if (DW_CIE_VERSION
== 1)
2351 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2353 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
2355 if (augmentation
[0])
2357 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2358 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2360 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2361 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2362 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2363 eh_personality_libfunc
,
2367 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2368 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2369 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2371 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2372 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2373 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2376 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2377 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2379 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2380 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2381 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2382 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2384 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2385 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2387 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2389 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2390 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2391 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2392 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde_table
[i
].decl
))
2393 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2396 targetm
.asm_out
.unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
, /* empty */ 0);
2397 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2398 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2399 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2400 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
2401 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2402 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2403 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2405 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2408 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2410 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2411 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
2415 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
);
2416 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2417 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2420 "FDE initial location");
2421 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2423 rtx sym_ref2
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2424 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
);
2425 rtx sym_ref3
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
2426 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
);
2427 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2428 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
2429 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref3
, false,
2430 "FDE initial location");
2431 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2432 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2433 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2434 "FDE address range");
2435 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref2
, false,
2436 "FDE initial location");
2437 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2438 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2439 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2440 "FDE address range");
2443 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2444 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2445 "FDE address range");
2449 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2450 "FDE initial location");
2451 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
2453 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2454 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2455 "FDE initial location");
2456 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2457 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
2458 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
2459 "FDE address range");
2460 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2461 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2462 "FDE initial location");
2463 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2464 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
2465 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
2466 "FDE address range");
2469 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2470 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2471 "FDE address range");
2474 if (augmentation
[0])
2476 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2478 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2480 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2482 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2483 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2484 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2485 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2486 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2489 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
2492 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2494 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2496 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2497 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2498 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2499 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2500 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2504 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2505 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2507 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2508 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2512 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2515 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2517 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2518 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2519 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2521 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2522 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2523 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2524 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2527 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2528 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2529 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2530 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2531 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2532 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2535 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2540 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2544 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2545 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2547 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2551 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
2553 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2554 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2555 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2557 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2558 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2561 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2565 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl
));
2566 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2567 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2568 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2569 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2570 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
2571 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
2573 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2574 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2575 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2579 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2580 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2582 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2583 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2584 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2585 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2586 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2589 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2590 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2592 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2593 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2594 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
2595 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
2596 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
2597 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
2598 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2599 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
2600 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
2601 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= false;
2602 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2603 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2604 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2605 fde
->nothrow
= TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl
);
2606 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2607 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2609 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2611 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2612 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2613 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2615 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2619 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2620 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2624 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2625 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2628 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2630 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2632 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2633 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2634 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2635 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2636 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2640 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2642 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2643 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2644 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2645 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2647 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2648 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2650 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2651 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2653 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2654 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
)
2655 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2660 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2662 /* Output call frame information. */
2663 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
2664 output_call_frame_info (0);
2666 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2667 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2668 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2669 output_call_frame_info (1);
2674 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2675 for emitting location expressions. */
2677 /* Data about a single source file. */
2678 struct dwarf_file_data
GTY(())
2680 const char * filename
;
2684 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2685 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2686 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2689 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2690 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2691 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2692 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2694 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2695 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2696 implementation are listed below. */
2701 dw_val_class_offset
,
2703 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2704 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2706 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2707 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2710 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2711 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2712 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2713 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
2715 dw_val_class_macptr
,
2719 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2720 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2722 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2729 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2731 typedef struct dw_vec_struct
GTY(())
2733 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2739 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2740 represented internally. */
2742 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2744 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2745 union dw_val_struct_union
2747 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2748 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2749 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2750 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2751 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
2752 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2753 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2754 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
2755 struct dw_val_die_union
2759 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2760 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2761 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2762 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2763 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2764 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
2766 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2770 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2773 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2775 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2776 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2777 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2778 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2783 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2784 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2785 their entire life. */
2786 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2788 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2789 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2790 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2791 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2792 Only on head of list */
2793 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2794 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2797 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2799 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2800 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2801 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2802 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2803 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2804 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2805 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2806 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2808 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2811 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2816 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2817 return "DW_OP_addr";
2819 return "DW_OP_deref";
2821 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2823 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2825 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2827 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2829 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2831 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2833 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2835 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2837 return "DW_OP_constu";
2839 return "DW_OP_consts";
2843 return "DW_OP_drop";
2845 return "DW_OP_over";
2847 return "DW_OP_pick";
2849 return "DW_OP_swap";
2853 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2861 return "DW_OP_minus";
2873 return "DW_OP_plus";
2874 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2875 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2881 return "DW_OP_shra";
2899 return "DW_OP_skip";
2901 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2903 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2905 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2907 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2909 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2911 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2925 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2927 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2929 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2931 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2933 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2935 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2937 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2939 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2941 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2943 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2945 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2947 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2949 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2951 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2953 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2955 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2957 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2959 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2961 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2963 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2965 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2967 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2969 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2971 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2973 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2975 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2989 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2991 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2993 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2995 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2997 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2999 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3001 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3003 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3005 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3007 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3009 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3011 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3013 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3015 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3017 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3019 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3021 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3023 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3025 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3027 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3029 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3031 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3033 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3035 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3037 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3039 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3053 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3055 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3057 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3059 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3061 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3063 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3065 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3067 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3069 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3071 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3073 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3075 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3077 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3079 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3081 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3083 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3085 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3087 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3089 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3091 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3093 return "DW_OP_regx";
3095 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3097 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3099 return "DW_OP_piece";
3100 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3101 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3102 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3103 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3106 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
3107 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3109 return "DW_OP_call2";
3111 return "DW_OP_call4";
3112 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3113 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3114 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
3115 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3117 return "OP_<unknown>";
3121 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3122 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3123 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3125 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3126 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
3127 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
3129 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
3131 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
3132 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3133 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
3134 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
3135 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
3140 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3143 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
3145 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
3147 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3148 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
3154 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3156 static unsigned long
3157 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3159 unsigned long size
= 1;
3161 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3164 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3165 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3184 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3187 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3192 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3193 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3231 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3234 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3237 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
3240 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3241 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
3244 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
3246 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3247 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3256 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
3257 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
3266 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3268 static unsigned long
3269 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3274 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3275 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3276 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
3278 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
3280 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
3285 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
3287 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
3288 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
3294 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3297 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3299 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
3300 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
3302 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
3304 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3306 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
3310 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3314 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3318 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
>= 64);
3319 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3326 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
3327 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
3329 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
3342 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3343 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3344 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3345 only doing unwinding. */
3350 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3353 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3356 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3361 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3362 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3396 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3399 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3402 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3405 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3406 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3409 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3411 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3412 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3413 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3416 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3417 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
3419 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
3422 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3429 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3434 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3437 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3439 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3441 /* Output the opcode. */
3442 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3443 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3445 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3446 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3450 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3451 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3454 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3456 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3459 /* Output the size of the block. */
3460 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3461 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3462 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3464 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3465 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3468 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3469 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3472 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3473 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
3475 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3477 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
3481 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3484 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3486 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3488 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3489 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3491 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3493 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3494 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3495 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3498 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
3499 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3506 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3508 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3509 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3510 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, offset
, 0);
3512 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, offset
);
3518 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3519 descriptor sequence. */
3522 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3524 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3526 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3530 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3532 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3568 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3571 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3605 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3606 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3609 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3610 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3615 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3616 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3619 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3620 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3624 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3626 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3627 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3629 /* .debug_str support. */
3630 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3632 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3633 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3634 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3635 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3636 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3637 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3638 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3639 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3640 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3641 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3642 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
3643 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3644 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3645 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
3646 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
3647 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3649 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3651 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3657 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3658 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3659 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3660 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3661 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3662 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3663 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3664 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3665 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3666 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
3667 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3668 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3669 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3670 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
3671 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3672 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3673 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3674 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3675 something tries to reference them. */
3676 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3677 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3678 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
3679 dwarf2out_var_location
,
3680 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
3681 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3685 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3686 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3687 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3689 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3690 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3691 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3692 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3694 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3695 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3697 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3699 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3701 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3702 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3703 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3704 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3705 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3707 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3708 line number associated with the label generated for that
3709 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3710 the line number entry. */
3712 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3714 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3715 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3719 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3721 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3723 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3724 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3725 unsigned long function
;
3727 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3729 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3730 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3731 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3733 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3735 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3736 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3740 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
3741 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
3743 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3744 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3745 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3747 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3749 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3751 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
3752 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3753 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3755 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3756 dw_offset die_offset
;
3757 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3759 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3760 int die_perennial_p
;
3761 unsigned int decl_id
;
3765 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3766 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3767 c = die->die_child; \
3771 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3774 /* The pubname structure */
3776 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3783 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
3784 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
3786 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3791 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3792 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3796 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3800 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3801 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3802 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3805 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3806 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3808 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3809 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3810 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3811 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3812 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3813 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3815 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3816 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3817 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3818 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3819 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3820 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3821 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3822 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3823 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3824 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3826 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3827 language, and compiler version. */
3829 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3830 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3831 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3833 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3834 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3836 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3837 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3838 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3839 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3840 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3842 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3843 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3844 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3845 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3846 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3847 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3849 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3850 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3851 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3852 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3854 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3858 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3859 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3860 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3862 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3863 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3865 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3866 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3868 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3869 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3870 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3871 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3872 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3874 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3875 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3876 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3877 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3880 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3881 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3883 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3884 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3886 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3887 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
3889 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3890 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3891 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3893 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3894 struct var_loc_node
GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3896 rtx
GTY (()) var_loc_note
;
3897 const char * GTY (()) label
;
3898 const char * GTY (()) section_label
;
3899 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
3902 /* Variable location list. */
3903 struct var_loc_list_def
GTY (())
3905 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
3907 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3908 it is marked through the chain. */
3909 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
3911 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3912 unsigned int decl_id
;
3914 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
3917 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3918 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
3920 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3921 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3922 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3923 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3924 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3926 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3927 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3929 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3930 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3932 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3933 abbrev_die_table. */
3934 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3936 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3937 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3938 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3939 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3941 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3942 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3944 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3945 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3947 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3948 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
3950 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3951 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3952 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3953 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3955 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3956 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3958 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3959 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3961 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3963 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3965 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3966 accessible names. */
3967 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
3969 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3970 accessible types. */
3971 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
3973 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3974 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3976 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3977 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3979 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3980 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3982 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3984 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3986 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3987 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3989 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3990 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3992 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3993 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3995 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3997 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3999 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
4000 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
4002 /* Unique label counter. */
4003 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
4005 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4006 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
4007 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
4009 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
4010 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
4013 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
4014 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
4016 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
4017 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
4019 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4020 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
4022 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4024 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4025 within the current function. */
4026 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
4028 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4030 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
4031 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
4032 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
4033 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4034 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4035 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4036 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
4037 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
4038 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
4039 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
4040 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
4041 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4042 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
4043 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4044 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
4045 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4046 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
4047 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
4049 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
4050 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4051 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4052 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4053 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4054 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
4055 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
4056 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
4057 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4058 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
4059 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
4060 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
4061 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
4062 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
4063 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
4064 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4066 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
4067 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
4068 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
4069 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4070 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4071 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
4072 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4073 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4074 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4076 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
4077 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4078 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4079 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
4080 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4081 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4082 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4083 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4084 static bool is_c_family (void);
4085 static bool is_cxx (void);
4086 static bool is_java (void);
4087 static bool is_fortran (void);
4088 static bool is_ada (void);
4089 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
4090 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
4091 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4092 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4093 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
4094 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4095 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4096 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4097 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
4098 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4099 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4100 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (tree
);
4101 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4102 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, struct var_loc_node
*);
4103 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4104 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
4105 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4106 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4107 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
4108 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
4109 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4110 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
4111 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
4112 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
4113 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
4114 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
4115 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4116 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
4117 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
4118 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
4119 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
4120 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
4121 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
4122 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4123 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4124 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4125 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
4126 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
4127 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
4128 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
4129 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
4130 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4131 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
4132 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
4133 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4134 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4135 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4136 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
4137 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4138 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4139 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
4140 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4141 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
4142 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
4143 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4144 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
4145 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
4146 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4147 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4148 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
4149 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4150 static void output_aranges (void);
4151 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
4152 static void output_ranges (void);
4153 static void output_line_info (void);
4154 static void output_file_names (void);
4155 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
4156 static tree
root_type (tree
);
4157 static int is_base_type (tree
);
4158 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
4159 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4160 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4161 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
4162 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx
);
4163 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
4164 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
4165 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4166 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
4167 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4168 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4169 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
4170 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
4171 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
4172 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
4173 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree
, int);
4174 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
);
4175 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
4176 static tree
field_type (tree
);
4177 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
4178 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
4179 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
4180 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
4181 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
4183 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4184 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
4185 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4186 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4187 static void insert_float (rtx
, unsigned char *);
4188 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
4189 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
4190 enum dwarf_attribute
);
4191 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4192 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
4193 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
4194 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
4195 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4196 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4197 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4198 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4199 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4200 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4201 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4202 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4203 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4204 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
4205 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4206 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4207 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4208 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
4209 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
4210 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
4211 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
4212 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
4214 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
4216 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4218 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4220 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4221 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4222 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4223 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4224 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4225 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4226 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4227 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4228 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4229 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4230 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4231 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4232 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4233 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4234 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4235 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4236 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4237 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4238 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4239 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4240 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4241 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4242 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4243 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
4244 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
4245 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
4246 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4247 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
4248 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
4249 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4250 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4251 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
4252 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4253 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
4254 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
4255 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4256 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
4257 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4258 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
4259 const char *, const char *,
4261 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
4262 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4264 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
4265 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
4266 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
4267 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
4268 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
4269 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4270 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
4272 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4273 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4274 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4276 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4277 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4279 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4280 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4282 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4283 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4285 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4286 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4288 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4289 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4291 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4292 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4294 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4295 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4297 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4298 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4301 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4302 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4303 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4306 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4307 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4308 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4309 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4312 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4313 the section names themselves. */
4315 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4316 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4318 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4319 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4321 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4322 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4324 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4325 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4327 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4328 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4330 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4331 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4333 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4334 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4336 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4337 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4340 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4341 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4342 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4343 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4344 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4346 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4347 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4348 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4349 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4350 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4351 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4352 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4353 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4354 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4355 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4357 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4358 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4360 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4361 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4363 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4364 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4366 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4367 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4369 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4370 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4372 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4373 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4376 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4377 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4379 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
4382 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
4384 demangle_name_func
= func
;
4387 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4390 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
4392 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
4393 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
4394 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
4397 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4401 type_main_variant (tree type
)
4403 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4405 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4406 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4407 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4408 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4410 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
4411 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
4412 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
4417 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4420 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
4422 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
4424 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
4425 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
4428 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4431 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
4435 case DW_TAG_padding
:
4436 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4437 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
4438 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4439 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
4440 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4441 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
4442 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4443 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
4444 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4445 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
4446 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4447 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
4448 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4450 return "DW_TAG_label";
4451 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
4452 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4454 return "DW_TAG_member";
4455 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
4456 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4457 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
4458 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4459 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4460 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4461 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4462 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4463 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4464 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4465 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4466 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4467 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4468 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4469 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4470 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4471 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4472 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4473 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4474 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4475 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4476 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4477 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4478 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4479 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4480 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4481 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4482 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4484 return "DW_TAG_module";
4485 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4486 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4487 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4488 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4489 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4490 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4491 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4492 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4493 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4494 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4495 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4496 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4497 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4498 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4499 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4500 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4501 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4502 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4503 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4504 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4505 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4506 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4508 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4509 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4510 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4511 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4512 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4513 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4514 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4515 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4516 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4517 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4518 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4519 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4520 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4521 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4522 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4523 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4524 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4525 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4526 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4527 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4528 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4529 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4530 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4531 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4532 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4533 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4534 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4535 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4536 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4537 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4538 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4539 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4540 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4541 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4542 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4543 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4544 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4545 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4546 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4548 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4552 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4555 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4560 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4561 case DW_AT_location
:
4562 return "DW_AT_location";
4564 return "DW_AT_name";
4565 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4566 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4567 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4568 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4569 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4570 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4571 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4572 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4573 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4574 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4575 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4576 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4577 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4578 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4580 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4582 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4583 case DW_AT_language
:
4584 return "DW_AT_language";
4586 return "DW_AT_member";
4588 return "DW_AT_discr";
4589 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4590 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4591 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4592 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4594 return "DW_AT_import";
4595 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4596 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4597 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4598 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4599 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4600 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4601 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4602 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4603 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4604 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4605 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4606 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4608 return "DW_AT_inline";
4609 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4610 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4611 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4612 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4613 case DW_AT_producer
:
4614 return "DW_AT_producer";
4615 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4616 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4617 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4618 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4619 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4620 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4621 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4622 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4623 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4624 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4625 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4626 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4627 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4628 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4629 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4630 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4631 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4632 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4633 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4634 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4635 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4636 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4638 return "DW_AT_count";
4639 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4640 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4641 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4642 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4643 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4644 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4645 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4646 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4647 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4648 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4649 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4650 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4651 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4652 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4653 case DW_AT_external
:
4654 return "DW_AT_external";
4655 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4656 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4658 return "DW_AT_friend";
4659 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4660 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4661 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4662 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4663 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4664 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4665 case DW_AT_priority
:
4666 return "DW_AT_priority";
4668 return "DW_AT_segment";
4669 case DW_AT_specification
:
4670 return "DW_AT_specification";
4671 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4672 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4674 return "DW_AT_type";
4675 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4676 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4677 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4678 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4679 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4680 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4681 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4682 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4684 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4685 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4686 case DW_AT_associated
:
4687 return "DW_AT_associated";
4688 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4689 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4691 return "DW_AT_stride";
4692 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4693 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4694 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4695 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4696 case DW_AT_extension
:
4697 return "DW_AT_extension";
4699 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4700 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4701 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4702 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4703 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4704 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4705 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4706 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4707 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4709 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4710 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4711 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4712 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4713 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4714 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4715 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4716 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4717 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4718 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4719 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4720 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4721 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4722 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4723 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4724 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4725 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4726 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4727 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4728 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4729 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4730 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4732 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4733 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4734 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4735 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4736 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4737 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4738 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4739 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4740 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4741 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4742 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4743 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4744 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4745 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4747 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4748 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4751 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4755 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4758 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4763 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4764 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4765 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4766 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4767 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4769 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4771 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4773 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4774 case DW_FORM_string
:
4775 return "DW_FORM_string";
4777 return "DW_FORM_block";
4778 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4779 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4781 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4783 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4785 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4787 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4789 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4790 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4791 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4793 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4795 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4797 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4799 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4800 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4801 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4802 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4803 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4805 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4809 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4810 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4811 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4812 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4816 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4818 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
4821 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4822 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4823 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4824 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4827 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4828 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4829 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
4831 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4834 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4835 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4836 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4837 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4841 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4843 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4845 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4846 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4847 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4848 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4851 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4856 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4860 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4861 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4862 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4864 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4866 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4867 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4868 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4869 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4870 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4871 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4872 if (DECL_P (ret_val
))
4873 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val
);
4879 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4880 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4884 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4886 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4888 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4889 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4891 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4892 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4894 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4895 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4900 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4903 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4905 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4909 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
4910 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
4911 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
4914 static inline enum dw_val_class
4915 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4917 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4920 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4923 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4927 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4928 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4929 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4930 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4933 static inline unsigned
4934 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4936 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
4937 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4940 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4943 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4947 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4948 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4949 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4950 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4953 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4954 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4956 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
4957 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4960 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4963 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4964 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4968 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4969 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4970 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4971 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4974 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4975 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4977 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
4978 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4981 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4984 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4985 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4989 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4990 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4991 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4992 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4993 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
4996 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4999 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5000 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
5004 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5005 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
5006 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
5007 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
5008 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
5009 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5012 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
5015 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
5017 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
5021 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
5023 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
5024 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
5027 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5030 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
5033 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5036 if (! debug_str_hash
)
5037 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
5038 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
5040 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
5041 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
5043 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
5044 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
5045 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
5048 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5049 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
5050 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
5051 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5054 static inline const char *
5055 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
5057 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5058 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
5061 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5062 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5065 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
5067 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
5071 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
5073 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
5077 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
5079 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5080 always better to put it inline. */
5081 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
5082 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5084 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5085 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5087 if ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
5088 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
5089 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
5091 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
5092 ++dw2_string_counter
;
5093 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
5095 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
5098 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5101 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5105 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5106 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
5107 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
5108 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
5109 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5112 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5113 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5116 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
5118 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
5119 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
5120 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
5123 static inline dw_die_ref
5124 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
5126 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5127 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
5131 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
5133 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
5134 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
5140 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
5142 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
5143 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
5146 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5149 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
5153 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5154 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
5155 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
5156 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5159 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5162 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5166 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5167 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
5168 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
5169 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5172 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5173 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
5175 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
5176 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
5180 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
5184 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5185 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
5186 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
5187 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5188 have_location_lists
= true;
5191 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5192 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
5194 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
5195 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
5198 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5201 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
5205 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5206 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
5207 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
5208 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5211 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5214 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
5216 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
5217 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
5220 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5223 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5224 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
5228 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5229 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
5230 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
5231 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5234 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5236 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5237 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
5239 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
5240 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
5243 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5246 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
5250 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5251 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
5252 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
5253 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5256 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5257 debug_line section. */
5260 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5265 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5266 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
5267 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5268 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5271 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5272 debug_macinfo section. */
5275 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5280 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5281 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
5282 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
5283 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5286 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5289 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5290 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5294 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5295 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
5296 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5297 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5300 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5303 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
5304 long unsigned int offset
)
5308 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
5309 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
5310 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
5311 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
5314 static inline const char *
5315 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
5317 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5318 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5319 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
5320 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
5323 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5326 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5330 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
5335 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5336 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5338 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
5339 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
5343 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
5348 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5349 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5350 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5352 static inline const char *
5353 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5355 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
5357 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5360 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5361 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5362 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5364 static inline const char *
5365 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
5367 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
5369 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
5372 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5373 NULL if it is not present. */
5375 static inline const char *
5376 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5378 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5380 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
5383 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5384 if it is not present. */
5387 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5389 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5391 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
5394 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5395 if it is not present. */
5397 static inline unsigned
5398 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5400 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5402 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
5405 static inline dw_die_ref
5406 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5408 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5410 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
5413 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
5414 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5416 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
5418 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
5421 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5426 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5428 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC
5429 || lang
== DW_LANG_C99
5430 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
);
5433 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5438 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5440 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
5443 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5448 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5450 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
5451 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
5452 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
5455 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5460 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5462 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5465 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5470 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5472 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5475 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5478 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5486 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5487 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5489 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5490 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5491 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5493 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5495 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
5500 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5501 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5504 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
5506 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
5507 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
5510 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
5514 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
5515 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
5516 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
5519 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5523 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5529 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
5531 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
5533 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
5534 /* Might have removed every child. */
5535 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
5539 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
5542 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5545 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5547 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5548 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
5550 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
5552 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5555 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
5556 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5559 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
5560 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5563 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5564 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5565 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5568 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5572 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5573 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5574 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5576 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5582 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
5583 || (child
->die_parent
5584 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5586 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
5587 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
5589 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
5593 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
5596 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5598 static inline dw_die_ref
5599 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5601 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5603 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5605 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5606 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5609 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5611 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5612 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5613 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5614 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5615 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5621 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5623 static inline dw_die_ref
5624 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5626 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5629 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5632 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5634 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5637 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5640 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5642 return (hashval_t
) ((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5645 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5648 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5650 return (((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5653 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5655 static inline dw_die_ref
5656 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5658 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5661 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5664 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
5666 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
5669 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5673 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5675 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5678 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5680 static inline var_loc_list
*
5681 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl
)
5683 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5686 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5689 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5691 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5694 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5696 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5699 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5702 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, struct var_loc_node
*loc
)
5704 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5708 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5711 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list
));
5712 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5720 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5721 we have nothing to do. */
5722 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp
->last
->var_loc_note
),
5723 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
)))
5725 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5726 temp
->last
->next
= loc
;
5730 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5731 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
5738 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5739 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5740 the DIE internal representation. */
5741 static int print_indent
;
5743 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5746 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5748 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5751 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5752 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5755 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5761 print_spaces (outfile
);
5762 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5763 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5764 print_spaces (outfile
);
5765 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5766 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5768 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
5770 print_spaces (outfile
);
5771 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5773 switch (AT_class (a
))
5775 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5776 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5778 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5779 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5781 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5782 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5784 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5785 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5786 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5788 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5789 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5791 case dw_val_class_const
:
5792 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5794 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5795 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5797 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5798 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5799 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5800 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5802 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5803 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
5805 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5806 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5808 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5809 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5811 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5812 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5814 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5817 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5819 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5820 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5821 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5822 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5824 case dw_val_class_str
:
5825 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5826 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5828 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5830 case dw_val_class_file
:
5831 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
5832 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
5838 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5841 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5844 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
5847 if (print_indent
== 0)
5848 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5851 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5852 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5855 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5858 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5860 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5861 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5863 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5864 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
5865 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
5866 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5869 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5872 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5875 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5877 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5880 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5881 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5887 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5888 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5889 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5892 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5893 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5894 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5897 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5899 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5900 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5902 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5906 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5909 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5911 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5913 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5917 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5918 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5920 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5923 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5925 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5926 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5927 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5930 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5933 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5935 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5938 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5940 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5941 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5942 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5945 switch (AT_class (at
))
5947 case dw_val_class_const
:
5948 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5950 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5951 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5953 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5954 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5956 case dw_val_class_vec
:
5957 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
5959 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5960 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5962 case dw_val_class_str
:
5963 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5966 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5968 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
5969 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5972 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5973 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5976 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5977 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5978 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5981 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5982 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5985 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5986 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5987 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
5988 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
5991 case dw_val_class_file
:
5992 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
6000 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6003 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
6009 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6012 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
6015 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6017 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
6019 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6020 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
6022 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
6026 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6028 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6030 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
6032 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
6033 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
6034 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
6037 /* Do the values look the same? */
6039 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
6041 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
6044 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
6047 switch (v1
->val_class
)
6049 case dw_val_class_const
:
6050 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
6051 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6052 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
6053 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6054 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
6055 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6056 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6057 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
6058 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
6060 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
6061 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
6064 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6065 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
6066 case dw_val_class_str
:
6067 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
6069 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6070 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
6071 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
6072 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
6074 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
6075 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
6077 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6078 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
6080 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6081 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
6083 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
6084 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
6086 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
6088 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6089 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
6091 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6092 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6093 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6094 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6097 case dw_val_class_file
:
6098 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
6105 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6108 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
6110 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
6113 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6114 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6115 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
6118 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
6121 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6124 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
6130 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6132 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
6133 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
6135 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
6138 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
6139 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
6142 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
6143 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
6146 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
6147 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
6156 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
6160 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
6162 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
6172 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6175 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
6178 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
6180 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
6181 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
6186 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6188 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
6190 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6191 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
6193 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6194 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6197 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
6199 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
6200 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
6201 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
6204 unsigned char checksum
[16];
6207 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6208 the name filename of the unit. */
6210 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
6212 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
6213 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
6214 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
6216 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
6217 clean_symbol_name (name
);
6219 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
6220 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
6222 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
6226 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
6227 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
6230 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6233 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6235 switch (die
->die_tag
)
6237 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6238 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6239 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6240 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6241 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6242 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6243 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6244 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6245 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6246 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6247 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6248 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6249 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6250 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6251 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6252 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6253 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6254 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6261 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6262 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6263 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6264 compilations (functions). */
6267 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6269 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6270 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6271 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6272 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6274 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
6277 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
6278 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
6279 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
6280 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
6282 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
6284 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
6287 return is_type_die (c
);
6290 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6291 compilation unit. */
6294 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
6296 return (is_type_die (c
)
6297 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
6298 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
))
6299 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
6303 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
6307 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
6308 return xstrdup (buf
);
6311 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6314 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
6318 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
6320 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
6322 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
6324 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
6325 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
6326 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
6329 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6332 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
6335 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6338 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
6339 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
6342 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6344 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
6346 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
6348 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
6352 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
6354 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
6355 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
6357 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
6361 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
6363 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
6373 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6376 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
6378 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
6379 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
6381 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
6383 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6384 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6388 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
6390 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
6396 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
6400 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
6402 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
6403 entry
->next
= *slot
;
6409 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6411 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
6413 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
6415 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
6416 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
6420 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
6423 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6424 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6425 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6428 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
6431 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
6432 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
6433 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
6437 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
6439 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6440 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
6442 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
6444 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6445 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
6447 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
6448 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
6449 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
6450 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
6452 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6454 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
6457 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
6460 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6461 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6465 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6466 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6467 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6473 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6474 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6475 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6476 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6478 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6481 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6482 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6483 comdat_symbol_number
);
6486 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6489 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6490 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6491 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6494 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6498 if (! die
->die_child
)
6501 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
6502 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6504 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
6507 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6510 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6516 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6517 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6518 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
6520 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
6523 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6524 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6525 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6526 die are visited recursively. */
6529 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6531 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6532 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6537 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6538 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6539 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6540 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6541 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
6543 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
6545 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
6548 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6550 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6551 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
6555 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
6557 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6560 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
6561 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
6564 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
6566 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
6567 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
6568 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
6578 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6580 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6582 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6583 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6584 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6586 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6587 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6588 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6591 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6592 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6595 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6596 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
6599 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6602 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6609 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6612 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6617 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6618 .debug_info section. */
6620 static unsigned long
6621 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6623 unsigned long size
= 0;
6627 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6628 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6630 switch (AT_class (a
))
6632 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6633 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6635 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6636 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6638 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6640 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6643 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6647 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6648 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6650 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6651 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6653 case dw_val_class_const
:
6654 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6656 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6657 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6659 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6660 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6662 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6663 size
+= 1 + (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
6664 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
); /* block */
6666 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6669 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6670 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6671 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6673 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6675 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6676 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6678 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6679 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6681 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6682 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6683 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6685 case dw_val_class_str
:
6686 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6687 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6689 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6691 case dw_val_class_file
:
6692 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
6702 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6703 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6704 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6705 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6708 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6712 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6713 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6715 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
6717 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6718 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6719 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6722 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6723 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6724 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6725 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6728 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6732 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
6735 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
6738 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6741 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6745 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
6748 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
6751 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6754 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6764 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
6766 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
6767 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6768 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6771 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
6772 generated for the compilation unit. */
6774 static unsigned long
6775 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
6781 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6782 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
6783 if (names
!= pubtype_table
6784 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
6785 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
6786 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
6788 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6792 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6794 static unsigned long
6795 size_of_aranges (void)
6799 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6801 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6802 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6803 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6805 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6806 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6810 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6812 static enum dwarf_form
6813 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6815 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6817 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6818 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6819 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6820 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6821 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6822 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
6825 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6827 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6831 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6832 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6835 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6837 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6841 case dw_val_class_const
:
6842 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6843 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6844 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6847 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6849 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6851 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6853 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6857 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6858 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6859 case dw_val_class_vec
:
6860 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6861 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6862 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6863 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6864 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6865 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6868 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6869 return DW_FORM_data
;
6870 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6871 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6872 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
6873 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
6874 return DW_FORM_data
;
6875 case dw_val_class_str
:
6876 return AT_string_form (a
);
6877 case dw_val_class_file
:
6878 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
6881 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6883 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6885 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6895 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6898 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6900 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6902 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6905 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6909 output_abbrev_section (void)
6911 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6913 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6915 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6919 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6920 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6921 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6923 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6926 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6928 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
6931 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6932 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6933 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6936 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6937 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6940 /* Terminate the table. */
6941 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6944 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6947 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6949 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6954 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6955 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6956 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6958 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6960 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6963 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6964 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6965 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6967 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6968 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6969 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6971 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6973 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6975 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6976 retlist
->section
= section
;
6978 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6983 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6986 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6987 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6988 const char *section
)
6992 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6993 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6996 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6997 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
7001 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
7007 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
7008 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= true;
7009 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= cfun
->hot_section_label
;
7010 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= cfun
->hot_section_end_label
;
7011 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
7012 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= cfun
->cold_section_end_label
;
7013 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
7015 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
7016 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
7017 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
7020 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7023 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
7025 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
7027 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7029 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7030 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
7033 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7035 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
7036 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7037 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7038 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
7039 "Location list end address (%s)",
7040 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7044 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
7045 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7046 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7047 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
7048 "Location list end address (%s)",
7049 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7051 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
7053 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7054 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
7055 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
7057 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
7060 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
7061 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7062 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7063 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
7064 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7065 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
7068 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7069 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7072 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
7079 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7080 them to point to. */
7081 if (die
->die_symbol
)
7082 output_die_symbol (die
);
7084 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7085 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
7087 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7089 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
7091 switch (AT_class (a
))
7093 case dw_val_class_addr
:
7094 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
7097 case dw_val_class_offset
:
7098 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
7102 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
7104 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
7106 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
7107 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
7108 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
7109 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
7114 case dw_val_class_loc
:
7115 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
7117 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7118 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
7120 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
7123 case dw_val_class_const
:
7124 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7125 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7126 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7127 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
7130 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
7131 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
7132 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
7135 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
7137 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
7139 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7140 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7143 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
7145 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7146 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7150 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
7151 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
7154 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7155 first
, "long long constant");
7156 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
7161 case dw_val_class_vec
:
7163 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
7164 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
7168 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
7169 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
7174 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
7177 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
7178 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
7182 case dw_val_class_flag
:
7183 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
7186 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
7188 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
7191 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
7196 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
7197 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
7199 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
7202 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, debug_info_section
,
7207 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
7208 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
7213 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
7217 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
7218 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
7219 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
7224 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
7225 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
7228 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
7229 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7230 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
7233 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
7234 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
7235 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
7238 case dw_val_class_str
:
7239 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
7240 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7241 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
7243 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
7245 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
7248 case dw_val_class_file
:
7250 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
7252 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
7253 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
7262 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
7264 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7265 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
7266 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7270 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7271 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7274 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7276 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7277 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7278 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7279 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
7280 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
7281 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7282 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
7283 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
7284 debug_abbrev_section
,
7285 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7286 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7289 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7292 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
7294 const char *secname
;
7297 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7298 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
7301 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7302 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7303 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7304 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7305 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7308 build_abbrev_table (die
);
7310 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7311 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
7312 calc_die_sizes (die
);
7314 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
7317 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
7319 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
7321 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
7322 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
7325 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
7327 /* Output debugging information. */
7328 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7331 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7336 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
7340 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7343 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
7345 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
7348 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7351 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7355 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7359 e
.name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7360 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
7363 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
7366 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7371 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
7372 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
7373 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
7378 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
7380 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
7381 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
7382 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
7383 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
7384 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
7386 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
7390 e
.name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
7392 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
7394 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
7395 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
7399 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7400 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
7403 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
7406 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
7409 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7410 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7411 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7412 if (names
== pubname_table
)
7413 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7414 "Length of Public Names Info");
7416 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
7417 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
7418 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7419 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7421 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7422 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
7423 "Compilation Unit Length");
7425 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
7427 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7428 if (names
== pubname_table
)
7429 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
7431 if (names
!= pubtype_table
7432 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
7433 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
7435 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
7438 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
7442 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7445 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7448 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
7450 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
7453 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
7455 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7456 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
7457 (arange_table_allocated
7458 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
7459 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
7460 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
7463 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
7466 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7467 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7468 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7471 output_aranges (void)
7474 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
7476 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7477 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7478 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7479 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
7480 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7481 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7482 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
7484 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7485 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
7486 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7488 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7489 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
7491 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7493 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7494 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7495 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
7496 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
7499 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
7500 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
7501 text_section_label
, "Length");
7502 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
7504 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
7506 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
7507 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
7510 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
7512 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
7514 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7515 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
7517 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
7519 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
7521 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
7522 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
7526 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7527 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7528 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7529 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
7530 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
7532 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7535 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
7537 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7538 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
7539 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
7540 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
7545 /* Output the terminator words. */
7546 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7547 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7550 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7554 add_ranges (tree block
)
7556 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7558 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7560 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7562 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7563 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7564 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7565 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7568 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7569 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7571 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7575 output_ranges (void)
7578 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7579 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7581 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7583 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7587 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7588 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7590 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7591 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7593 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7594 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7595 base of the text section. */
7596 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
7598 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7600 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7601 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7602 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7605 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7606 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7607 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7608 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7611 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7612 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7613 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7620 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7621 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7627 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7630 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7631 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7632 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7633 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7634 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7637 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7641 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7642 int length
; /* Path length. */
7643 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7644 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7645 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7648 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7649 the directories in the path. */
7652 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7654 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7655 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7659 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7660 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7661 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7662 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7663 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7664 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7665 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7667 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7668 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7674 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7675 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7676 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7677 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7678 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7680 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7681 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7686 struct file_name_acquire_data
7688 struct file_info
*files
;
7693 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7696 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
7698 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= data
;
7699 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
7700 struct file_info
*fi
;
7703 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
7705 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
7708 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
7710 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
7712 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7714 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
7717 /* Create a new array entry. */
7719 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
7722 /* Search for the file name part. */
7723 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
7724 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
7726 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
7730 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
7736 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
7740 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7741 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7742 slowdowns with many input files. */
7745 output_file_names (void)
7747 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
7749 struct file_info
*files
;
7750 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7759 if (!last_emitted_file
)
7761 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7762 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7766 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
7768 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7769 files
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (struct file_info
));
7770 dirs
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7773 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
7774 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
7775 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
7776 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
7778 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7780 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7781 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
7782 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
7783 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7785 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7786 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7789 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
7790 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7791 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7792 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7794 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7795 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7796 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7802 /* This is a new directory. */
7803 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7804 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7805 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7806 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7807 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7809 /* Search for a prefix. */
7810 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7811 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7812 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7813 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7814 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7815 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7816 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7817 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7822 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7823 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7824 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7825 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7826 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7827 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7828 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7829 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7831 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7832 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7837 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7838 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7839 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7840 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7842 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7845 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7847 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7852 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7857 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
7858 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7860 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7861 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7866 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7868 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7870 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7871 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7872 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7874 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7875 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7877 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7878 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7883 /* Emit the directory name table. */
7885 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7886 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7887 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7888 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i
+ idx_offset
);
7890 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7892 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
7893 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
7894 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7895 backmap
= alloca (numfiles
* sizeof (int));
7896 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
7897 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
7899 /* Now write all the file names. */
7900 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
7902 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7903 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7905 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7906 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
7908 /* Include directory index. */
7909 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
7911 /* Modification time. */
7912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7914 /* File length in bytes. */
7915 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7922 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7923 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7926 output_line_info (void)
7928 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7929 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7930 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7933 unsigned long lt_index
;
7934 unsigned long current_line
;
7937 unsigned long current_file
;
7938 unsigned long function
;
7940 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7941 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7942 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7943 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7945 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7946 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7947 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7948 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7949 "Length of Source Line Info");
7950 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7952 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7953 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7954 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7956 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7957 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7958 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7959 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7960 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7961 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7962 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7963 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7965 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7967 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7968 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7969 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7970 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7971 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7972 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7973 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7974 "Special Opcode Base");
7976 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7980 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7981 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7982 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7983 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7984 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7992 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7996 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7997 output_file_names ();
7998 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
8000 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
8001 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
8002 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
8004 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
8005 a series of state machine operations. */
8009 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
8010 strcpy (prev_line_label
, cfun
->cold_section_label
);
8012 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
8013 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
8015 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
8018 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
8019 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
8022 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
8023 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
8024 that anything after the last address is this line. */
8025 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
8026 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
8030 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
8032 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
8033 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
8034 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
8035 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
8036 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
8037 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
8039 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
8042 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
8043 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8044 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8045 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8049 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
8050 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
8051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8052 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8053 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8054 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8057 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
8059 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8060 different from the previous line. */
8061 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
8063 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
8064 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8065 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
8068 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8069 that uses the least amount of space. */
8070 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
8072 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
8073 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
8074 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
8075 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
8076 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8077 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8079 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
8080 "line %lu", current_line
);
8083 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8084 depending on the value being encoded. */
8085 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
8086 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
8087 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
8088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8092 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8093 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8096 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8099 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8100 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8101 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8106 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8107 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8108 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
8111 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8112 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
8113 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8118 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
8120 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8121 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
8124 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8125 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
8126 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
8127 && line_info
->function
== function
)
8131 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8132 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8133 to handle it differently. */
8134 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
8136 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
8138 function
= line_info
->function
;
8140 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8141 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8142 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8143 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8144 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8148 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8151 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8152 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8153 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8157 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8159 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8160 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8164 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
8166 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8167 different from the previous line. */
8168 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
8170 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
8171 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8172 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
8175 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8176 that uses the least amount of space. */
8177 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
8179 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
8180 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
8181 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
8182 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
8183 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
8184 "line %lu", current_line
);
8187 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
8188 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
8189 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
8190 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8194 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
8202 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8203 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
8204 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
8209 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8210 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
8213 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
8214 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8215 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
8219 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8220 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
8221 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
8222 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
8225 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8226 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8227 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
8228 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
8232 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8233 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
8236 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8237 a DIE that describes the given type.
8239 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8240 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8243 base_type_die (tree type
)
8245 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
8246 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
8248 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
8251 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8254 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
8256 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8257 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
8259 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
8261 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
8262 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
8264 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
8268 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
8269 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
8271 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
8274 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8275 a user defined type for it. */
8277 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
8278 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
8280 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
8284 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8285 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
8289 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8293 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8295 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8296 if (! TYPE_NAME (type
))
8297 add_name_attribute (base_type_result
, "__unknown__");
8299 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8300 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
8301 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
8303 return base_type_result
;
8306 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8307 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8308 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8309 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8310 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8311 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8312 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8313 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8316 root_type (tree type
)
8318 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8319 return error_mark_node
;
8321 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8324 return error_mark_node
;
8327 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8328 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
8331 return type_main_variant (type
);
8335 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8336 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8339 is_base_type (tree type
)
8341 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
8354 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
8359 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
8372 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8373 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8374 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8375 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8378 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8379 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
8381 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8382 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
8383 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
8385 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
8386 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
8388 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
8391 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8392 emitted as a subrange type. */
8395 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
8397 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8399 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8400 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8401 or an enumeral type. */
8403 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8404 || subtype
== NULL_TREE
)
8407 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) != INTEGER_TYPE
8408 && TREE_CODE (subtype
) != ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
8411 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == TREE_CODE (subtype
)
8412 && int_size_in_bytes (type
) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype
)
8413 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8414 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8415 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype
))
8416 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
8417 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
) != NULL
8418 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype
)))
8420 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8421 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8422 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8423 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8424 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8425 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8426 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8427 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8428 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8429 keep checking the actual size. */
8430 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
8431 tree subtype_name
= TYPE_NAME (subtype
);
8433 if (type_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (type_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8434 type_name
= DECL_NAME (type_name
);
8436 if (subtype_name
!= NULL
&& TREE_CODE (subtype_name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8437 subtype_name
= DECL_NAME (subtype_name
);
8439 if (type_name
== subtype_name
)
8446 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8447 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8450 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
8452 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
8453 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
8455 if (context_die
== NULL
)
8456 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
8458 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
8460 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
8462 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8463 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8464 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
8467 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8468 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
8469 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
8470 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
8471 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
8472 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
8474 return subrange_die
;
8477 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8478 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8481 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
8482 dw_die_ref context_die
)
8484 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
8485 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
8486 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
8487 tree item_type
= NULL
;
8488 tree qualified_type
;
8491 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
8494 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8497 = get_qualified_type (type
,
8498 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
8499 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
8501 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8504 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8506 return mod_type_die
;
8509 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
8511 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8512 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
))
8514 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
8516 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
8518 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8519 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
8520 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
8522 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8523 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
8524 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
8525 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
8526 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
8527 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8528 type to which it refers. */
8529 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
8530 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
8532 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8537 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8538 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
8540 else if (is_volatile_type
)
8542 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8543 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
8545 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
8547 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8548 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8549 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8550 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8552 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
8554 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
8555 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
8556 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
8557 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8559 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8561 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8562 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8564 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8565 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8568 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8570 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8571 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8572 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8573 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8574 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8576 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8577 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8579 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8580 not the main variant. */
8581 return lookup_type_die (type
);
8584 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8585 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8586 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8588 && (TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
))
8590 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
8591 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8592 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8593 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8594 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
8595 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
8599 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
8602 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8603 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8604 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8605 types are possible in Ada. */
8606 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8607 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8608 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8611 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8612 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8614 return mod_type_die
;
8617 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8618 an enumerated type. */
8621 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8623 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8626 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8629 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8631 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8633 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
8635 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8636 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
8638 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
8640 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
8644 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8647 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8648 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8649 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8652 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
8654 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8656 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
8658 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8659 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8662 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
8663 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
8667 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8668 zero if there is none. */
8670 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8671 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8675 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8678 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
8680 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
8681 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8683 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8686 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8687 a given hard register number. */
8689 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8690 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8693 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8695 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8698 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8699 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8701 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8702 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8706 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8709 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8710 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
8712 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
8714 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
8717 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
8718 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
8720 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8721 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8723 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8730 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
));
8731 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8732 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8738 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8740 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
8742 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8745 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8749 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8750 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8751 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8752 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
8757 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8759 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8760 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8762 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8764 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8765 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8769 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8772 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8774 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8784 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8786 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8787 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8793 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8796 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8798 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8799 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8803 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8804 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8805 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8806 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8807 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
8809 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
8813 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
8815 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
8816 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
8818 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8819 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
8820 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
8822 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8826 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
8828 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
, offset
, 0);
8830 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
8833 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8836 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8838 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8839 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
8840 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8841 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8844 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8845 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8846 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8847 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8849 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8850 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8851 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8852 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8854 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8855 autoincrement addressing modes.
8857 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8858 location list for RTL.
8860 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8862 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8863 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8865 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8866 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8868 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8869 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8870 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8871 zeroth element of the array. */
8873 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
8875 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8880 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8881 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8883 /* ... fall through ... */
8886 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8887 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8888 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8889 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8890 contains the given subreg. */
8891 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8893 /* ... fall through ... */
8896 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8897 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8898 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8899 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8900 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8901 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8902 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8903 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8904 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8905 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8906 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8907 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8908 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8909 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8910 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0);
8914 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8915 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8916 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8920 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8922 /* ... fall through ... */
8925 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8926 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8930 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8931 by a different symbol. */
8932 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8935 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8937 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8940 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8941 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8946 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8947 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8948 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8949 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8954 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8955 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8956 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8957 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
8961 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8963 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8968 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8970 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8971 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8972 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8973 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8975 /* ... fall through ... */
8979 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8980 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8981 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8984 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8985 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8988 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8989 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8990 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8991 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8992 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8995 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8996 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8997 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8998 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9003 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
9004 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
9023 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
9024 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
9026 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
9029 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
9030 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
9031 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9036 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
9043 return mem_loc_result
;
9046 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
9047 This is typically a complex variable. */
9049 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9050 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
9052 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
9053 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
9054 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
9056 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
9059 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
9060 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
9062 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
9063 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
9065 return cc_loc_result
;
9068 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
9071 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9072 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
)
9075 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
9076 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
9078 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
9080 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
9081 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
9083 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
);
9087 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
9088 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
9091 return cc_loc_result
;
9094 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9095 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9096 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9097 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9098 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9100 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9102 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9103 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
9105 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
9107 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9110 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9111 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9112 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9113 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9114 contains the given subreg. */
9115 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
9117 /* ... fall through ... */
9120 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9124 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
9128 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
9132 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9137 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != PARALLEL
)
9139 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 1), 0));
9143 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
9148 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9149 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9150 enum machine_mode mode
;
9153 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9154 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9155 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9156 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
9157 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9159 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9161 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9162 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
9163 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9164 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
9176 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9177 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9178 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9179 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9180 the value of LOC. */
9182 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9183 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc
, int want_address
)
9185 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
9186 int have_address
= 0;
9187 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9189 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9190 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9193 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
9198 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
9199 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9200 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9201 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9202 the names of types. */
9208 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9209 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9210 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
9211 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
9212 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9216 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9220 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9221 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
9224 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
9228 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9229 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
9232 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9233 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9234 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
9237 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9238 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9243 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9244 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9247 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
9248 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9249 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9251 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
9252 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9260 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
9261 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
9268 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
9270 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9272 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_INT
)
9274 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9275 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
9276 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
9277 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
9279 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
9281 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
9283 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
9284 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
9285 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
9289 enum machine_mode mode
;
9291 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9292 if (want_address
== 2)
9293 return loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9295 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9298 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9301 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
9307 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9312 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
9316 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9317 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9319 case GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
:
9320 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (GENERIC_TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
9326 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
9329 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
9330 enum machine_mode mode
;
9332 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9334 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
9335 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
9340 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj
, 1);
9342 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
9345 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
9347 /* Variable offset. */
9348 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset
, 0));
9349 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9352 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9354 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
9355 else if (bytepos
< 0)
9357 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
9358 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
9366 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
9367 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
9374 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9375 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
9376 enum machine_mode mode
;
9378 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
9380 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9381 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
9382 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
9387 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
9388 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
9393 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
9399 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
9404 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
9406 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
9407 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
9415 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
9417 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
9418 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
9431 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
9435 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9436 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
9438 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9442 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
9443 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
9444 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
9454 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9461 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9468 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9475 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
9490 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9491 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9492 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
9495 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
9496 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9499 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
9513 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9517 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
9523 const enum tree_code code
=
9524 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
9526 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
9527 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
9528 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
9529 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
9532 /* ... fall through ... */
9536 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9537 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
9538 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9539 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
9540 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
9542 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
9543 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
9546 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
9547 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
9549 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
9550 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
9551 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
9553 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
9554 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9555 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
9557 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9558 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
9559 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
9560 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
9561 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
9565 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
9569 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9570 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9571 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
9572 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
9575 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9576 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9577 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9580 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9581 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9586 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9587 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
9590 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9591 if (!want_address
&& have_address
&& ret
)
9593 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
9595 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
9597 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
9600 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
9602 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
9608 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9609 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
)
9611 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc
, 2);
9614 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9615 which is not less than the value itself. */
9617 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9618 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
9620 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
9623 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9624 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9625 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9629 field_type (tree decl
)
9633 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9634 return integer_type_node
;
9636 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9637 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
9638 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9643 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9644 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9645 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9647 static inline unsigned
9648 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
9650 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9653 static inline unsigned
9654 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
9656 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
9659 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9660 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9661 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9662 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9663 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9666 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9667 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
9669 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
9670 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
9671 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
9672 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
9674 tree field_size_tree
;
9675 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9676 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
9677 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
9679 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9682 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
9684 type
= field_type (decl
);
9685 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
9687 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9688 a flexible array member. */
9689 if (! field_size_tree
)
9690 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
9692 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9693 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9694 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9695 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
9698 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9700 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9701 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
9702 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
9704 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
9706 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9707 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
9708 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
9710 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9711 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9712 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9713 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9714 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9715 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9716 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9717 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9719 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9721 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9722 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9723 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9724 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9725 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9726 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9727 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9728 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9729 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9730 bits of the bit-field itself.
9732 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9733 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9734 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9735 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9736 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9737 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9738 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9739 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9740 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9742 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9743 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9744 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9745 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9746 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9747 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9749 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9750 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9751 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9753 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9754 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9755 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9757 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9758 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9759 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9760 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9762 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9764 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9765 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9767 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9768 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9769 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9770 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9773 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9776 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9777 associated with them. */
9779 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9781 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9782 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9783 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9786 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9787 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9790 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9793 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9794 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9795 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9796 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9797 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9798 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9801 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9802 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9803 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9804 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9805 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9806 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9807 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9808 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9809 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9813 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9815 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9816 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9818 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
9820 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9821 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9823 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9824 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9825 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9826 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9828 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9830 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9832 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9834 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9835 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9836 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9838 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9839 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9840 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9842 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9843 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9844 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
9846 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9847 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9848 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9849 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9851 /* Extract the offset. */
9852 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9853 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9855 /* Add it to the object address. */
9856 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9857 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9860 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9863 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9867 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9869 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9870 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9871 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9873 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9874 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9875 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9879 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9882 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9885 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9888 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9891 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
9895 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
9901 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9903 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9904 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
9906 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
9912 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
9918 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9921 insert_float (rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
9927 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9928 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
9930 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9931 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
9933 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
9938 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9939 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9940 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9941 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9942 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9945 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9947 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9951 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9954 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9956 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9961 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9962 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9963 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9964 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9966 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9968 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
9970 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
9971 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
);
9973 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
9974 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
9978 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9979 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
);
9981 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9982 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9989 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9990 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
9991 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
9992 unsigned char *array
= ggc_alloc (length
* elt_size
);
9996 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
9998 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
9999 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10001 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
10002 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
10004 switch (GET_CODE (elt
))
10012 lo
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt
);
10013 hi
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt
);
10017 gcc_unreachable ();
10020 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10021 insert_int (lo
, elt_size
, p
);
10024 unsigned char *p0
= p
;
10025 unsigned char *p1
= p
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
10027 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
10028 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10033 insert_int (lo
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
10034 insert_int (hi
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
10039 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
10040 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10042 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
10043 insert_float (elt
, p
);
10048 gcc_unreachable ();
10051 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
10056 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
10062 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
10063 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
10067 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
10068 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
10069 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
10070 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
10071 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
10072 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
10073 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
10074 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
10075 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
10076 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
10077 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
10081 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
10082 gcc_unreachable ();
10087 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
10088 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
10091 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
10092 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10094 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! GIMPLE_STMT_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
10095 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
10097 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
10098 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
10100 else if (DECL_P (*tp
) && TREE_CODE (*tp
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10102 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_node (*tp
);
10110 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10111 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10114 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
10116 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
10118 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10119 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10120 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10122 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10123 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10124 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
10126 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
10128 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
10129 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
10130 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
10131 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
10132 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
10133 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
10134 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
10136 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10138 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
10140 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10141 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10142 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
10144 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10145 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10146 reference variables which won't be output. */
10147 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
10148 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
10150 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
10152 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10153 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
10159 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10162 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
10166 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10167 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10168 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10170 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10171 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10172 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10173 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10174 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10175 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10176 referenced within the function.
10178 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10179 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10180 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10181 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10183 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10184 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10185 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10186 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10187 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10188 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10190 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10191 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10192 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10193 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10194 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10195 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10196 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10197 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10198 output at debug-time.
10200 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10201 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10202 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10203 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10204 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10205 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10206 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10207 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10208 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10209 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10210 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10211 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10212 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10214 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10215 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10216 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10217 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10218 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10219 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10220 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10221 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10222 I'd like to fix it.
10224 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10225 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10226 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10227 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10228 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10229 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10230 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10231 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10232 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10233 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10234 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10236 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10237 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
10239 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10240 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10241 fixed registers. */
10242 if (! reload_completed
)
10245 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
10247 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
10249 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10250 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
10252 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10257 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
10259 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
10261 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10262 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
10263 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
10264 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
10266 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10267 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10268 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10269 if (dmode
== pmode
)
10270 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10271 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
10272 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10273 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10275 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
10278 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
10280 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10281 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
10282 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
10283 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
10290 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10291 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10292 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10293 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10294 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10295 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10297 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
10298 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
10299 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10300 /* Not passed in memory. */
10301 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
10302 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10303 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
10304 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10305 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10306 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10307 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10310 /* Big endian correction check. */
10311 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10312 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
10313 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
10316 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
10317 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
10319 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10320 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
10323 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
10326 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
10327 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10329 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
10330 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
10332 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10333 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10334 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10335 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10336 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10337 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10339 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10340 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
10343 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10344 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10345 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10346 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
10347 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10350 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
10352 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10353 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10354 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10356 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
10361 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10362 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10363 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10364 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10365 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10366 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10368 static const char *
10369 secname_for_decl (tree decl
)
10371 const char *secname
;
10373 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
10375 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
10376 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10378 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
10380 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
10381 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
10383 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
10384 secname
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
10386 secname
= text_section_label
;
10391 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10392 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10393 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10394 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10395 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10396 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10397 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10398 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10399 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10400 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10403 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
10404 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
10407 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
10408 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
10409 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
10410 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
10413 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
10414 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
10416 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10417 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
10419 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10421 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
!= loc_list
->last
)
10423 const char *endname
, *secname
;
10424 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
10427 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10428 actually construct the list of locations.
10429 The first location information is what is passed to the
10430 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10431 locations just get added on to that list.
10432 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10433 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10434 the range [current location start, next location start].
10435 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10436 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10438 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10439 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10440 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
10442 list
= new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10443 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
, 1);
10446 for (; node
->next
; node
= node
->next
)
10447 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10449 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10450 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10451 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10452 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10453 node
->label
, node
->next
->label
, secname
);
10456 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10457 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10458 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->var_loc_note
) != NULL_RTX
)
10460 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10462 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
);
10463 if (!current_function_decl
)
10464 endname
= text_end_label
;
10467 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10468 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10469 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
10471 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list
, loc_descriptor (varloc
),
10472 node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
10475 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10476 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr
, list
);
10480 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10483 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
10484 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
))
10486 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
10490 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10491 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10492 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10493 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
10495 node
= loc_list
->first
;
10496 descr
= loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->var_loc_note
));
10499 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10504 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10505 description from the tree. */
10506 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
);
10509 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, descr
);
10512 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10513 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10514 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die
, decl
);
10517 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10518 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10519 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10522 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
10524 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10525 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
10528 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
)
10533 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
10535 add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, rtl
);
10538 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10539 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10540 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10541 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10544 static dw_loc_list_ref
10545 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10548 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
10550 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
10551 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
10553 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
10555 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
10559 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
10560 next_cfa
.offset
= 0;
10561 next_cfa
.indirect
= 0;
10562 next_cfa
.base_offset
= 0;
10564 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
10566 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10567 advance opcodes. */
10568 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
10569 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
10571 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
10572 last_label
= start_label
;
10574 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
10575 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
10577 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
10578 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
10579 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
10580 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
10581 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
10583 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
10584 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
10587 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
10588 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
10589 start_label
= last_label
;
10591 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
10594 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
10595 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10596 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
10597 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
10598 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10599 if it were to be required. */
10600 gcc_unreachable ();
10603 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
);
10607 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
10609 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
10610 start_label
, last_label
, section
,
10612 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
10613 start_label
= last_label
;
10615 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
10616 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
,
10622 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10623 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10624 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10625 before the latter is negated. */
10628 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
10632 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10633 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10634 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10636 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10637 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10640 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10641 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10643 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
10644 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10646 gcc_assert (elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10647 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
10649 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
10652 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10653 the value of the attribute. */
10656 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
10658 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
10660 if (demangle_name_func
)
10661 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
10663 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
10667 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10670 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
10672 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
10674 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
10677 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10678 a representation for that bound. */
10681 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
10683 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
10688 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10690 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
10691 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
10692 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
10693 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
10694 /* Use the default. */
10697 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
10702 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
10703 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
10704 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
10714 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
10716 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10717 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10718 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10719 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10720 later parameter. */
10721 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
10722 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10728 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10729 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10731 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
10732 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
10734 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
);
10738 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
10739 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
10741 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
10743 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
10744 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10745 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
10746 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
10748 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
10754 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10755 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10758 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
10760 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10761 unsigned dimension_number
;
10764 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
10766 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10767 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10768 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10769 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10770 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10771 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10772 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10773 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10775 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10776 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10777 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10778 gen_array_type_die. */
10779 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10780 for (dimension_number
= 0;
10781 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
10782 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
10785 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
10787 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10788 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10790 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
10793 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10794 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
10795 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
10797 /* Define the index type. */
10798 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
10800 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10801 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10802 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10803 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
10804 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
10805 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10806 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
10809 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
10813 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10814 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10816 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10817 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10818 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10820 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
10822 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
10825 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10826 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10832 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
10836 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
10841 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
10844 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
10845 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
10848 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10849 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10850 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10851 even for bit-fields. */
10852 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10855 gcc_unreachable ();
10858 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10859 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10860 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10861 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10862 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
10865 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10866 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10867 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10870 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10871 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10872 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10873 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10874 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10875 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10877 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10878 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10879 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10882 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10884 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
10885 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
10886 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
10887 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
10888 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
10889 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
10891 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10892 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
10894 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10895 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10896 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10897 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
10898 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10901 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
10903 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10904 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10905 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10906 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10907 below must take account of these differences. */
10908 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
10909 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
10911 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10913 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
10914 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
10918 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10919 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
10920 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
10922 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
10925 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10926 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10929 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10931 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10932 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
10933 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
10935 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
10936 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
10939 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10940 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10943 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
10945 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
10946 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
10947 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
10950 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10951 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10955 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
10957 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
10959 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
10961 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10962 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10963 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10965 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10966 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10970 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
10972 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
10974 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
10977 if (DECL_P (origin
))
10978 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
10979 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
10980 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
10982 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10983 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10984 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10985 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10986 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10987 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10988 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10992 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
10995 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10998 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
11000 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
11002 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11004 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
11005 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
11006 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
11007 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
11010 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
11011 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11012 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11013 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
11017 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
11020 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
11022 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11024 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
11025 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11028 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
11029 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
11032 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
11036 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
11037 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
11039 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
11040 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11041 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
11043 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
11044 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11045 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
11046 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
11047 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
)))
11048 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
11049 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
11052 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11053 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11054 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11055 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11057 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
11058 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
11059 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
11064 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11067 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
11069 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
11072 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11075 pop_decl_scope (void)
11077 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
11080 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11081 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11082 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11083 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11084 the current active scope. */
11087 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11089 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
11090 tree containing_scope
;
11093 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11094 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
11096 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
11098 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11099 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11101 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
11104 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
11107 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11108 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11109 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11110 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
11111 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
11113 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
11114 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11115 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
11117 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11118 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11119 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11120 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
11121 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
11126 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11127 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
11129 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11130 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11133 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
11136 scope_die
= context_die
;
11141 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11144 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
11146 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
11147 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11148 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
11154 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11155 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11158 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
11160 return (context_die
11161 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
11162 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
11163 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
11166 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11167 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11168 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11171 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
11172 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11174 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
11175 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
11177 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
11178 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11179 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11180 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11181 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
11182 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
11183 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
11185 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
11186 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11187 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11188 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11189 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
11192 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
11193 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
11194 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
11197 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
11198 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
11201 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11202 function call type. */
11204 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree type
)
11206 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
11208 value
= targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (type
);
11210 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11211 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11212 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
11213 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
11216 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11217 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11218 was declared without a tag. */
11220 static const char *
11221 type_tag (tree type
)
11223 const char *name
= 0;
11225 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
11229 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11230 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11231 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
11233 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11234 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11236 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11237 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11238 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
11240 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11242 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
11245 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
11248 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11249 for bit field types. */
11252 member_declared_type (tree member
)
11254 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
11255 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
11258 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11259 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11262 static const char *
11263 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
11266 const char *fnname
;
11268 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
11269 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
11272 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
11274 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
11279 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11280 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11281 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11284 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11286 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11287 dw_die_ref array_die
;
11290 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11291 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11292 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11293 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11294 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11297 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
11298 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
11299 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
11301 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
11303 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11304 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11305 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
11306 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
11310 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11311 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11312 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11313 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11314 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11315 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11316 for multidimensional arrays. */
11317 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
11320 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11321 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11322 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11323 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
11324 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11327 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
11329 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11330 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11332 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11333 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11334 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11335 add_subscript_info. */
11336 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11337 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
11338 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
11340 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
11343 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11345 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
11346 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
11351 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11353 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11354 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
11356 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11357 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
11360 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11361 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11362 0, 0, context_die
);
11365 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11366 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
11368 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
11372 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11373 emit full debugging info for them. */
11376 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11380 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
11381 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
11384 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11387 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11389 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
11391 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11392 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11393 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11396 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11399 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11401 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
11403 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11404 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11405 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11408 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11411 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11413 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
11415 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11416 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11417 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11420 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11421 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11422 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11426 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11428 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11430 if (type_die
== NULL
)
11432 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
11433 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11434 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11435 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11437 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11440 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11442 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11443 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11444 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11445 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
11449 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11450 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11451 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11452 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11454 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11455 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11456 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11457 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
11459 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
11460 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11462 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
11463 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11465 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
11466 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
11468 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
11469 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11470 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11471 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11472 values as if they were signed. That means that
11473 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11474 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11475 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
11476 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
11480 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11482 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
11483 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
11488 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11489 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11492 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11493 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11494 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11495 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11496 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11497 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11498 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11499 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11502 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11504 dw_die_ref parm_die
11505 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
11508 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
11510 case tcc_declaration
:
11511 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
11512 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11513 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
11516 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
11517 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
11518 TREE_READONLY (node
),
11519 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
11521 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
11522 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11525 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
11526 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
11527 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
, DW_AT_location
);
11532 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11533 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11537 gcc_unreachable ();
11543 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11544 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11547 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11549 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
11552 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11553 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11554 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11555 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11558 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11561 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
11562 tree first_parm_type
;
11565 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11567 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
11568 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
11573 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11575 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11576 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11577 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
11579 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
11581 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
11582 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
11585 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11586 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
11587 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
11588 && link
== first_parm_type
)
11589 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
11590 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11592 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
11594 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
11597 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11598 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11599 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
11600 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
11602 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11603 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11604 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
11605 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
11606 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
11607 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
11610 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11611 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11612 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11613 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11614 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11617 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11619 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11621 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11622 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11623 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
11624 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
11626 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11627 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
11629 push_decl_scope (type
);
11630 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11631 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11632 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
11633 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
11635 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11636 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11637 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
11638 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
11639 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
11641 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
11642 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
11646 gen_variable_die (member
, type_die
);
11652 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11653 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11656 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
11658 dw_die_ref old_die
;
11660 struct function
*save_cfun
;
11662 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
11664 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11665 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
11667 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11668 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11669 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11672 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11673 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11674 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11676 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
11678 gen_type_die_for_member
11679 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
11682 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11683 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
11685 current_function_decl
= decl
;
11686 cfun
= DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
);
11688 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
11689 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11690 if (! was_abstract
)
11691 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
11693 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
11697 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11698 htab_traverse_resize().
11700 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11701 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11703 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11709 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11711 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
11715 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11717 premark_used_types (void)
11719 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
11720 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
11723 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11727 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11729 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11730 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11731 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
11734 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11735 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
11736 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
11738 premark_used_types ();
11740 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11741 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11742 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11743 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11744 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11746 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11747 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
11750 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
11753 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11754 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11755 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
11756 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11757 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
11758 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11759 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
11761 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11763 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
11765 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11766 inline function. */
11767 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11768 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
11770 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11771 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
11775 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
11776 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
11778 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
11779 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11780 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11781 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11782 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11784 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11785 something we have already output. */
11789 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11790 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11791 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11792 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11793 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11794 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11795 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11796 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
11797 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11798 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
11799 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
11800 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
11802 subr_die
= old_die
;
11804 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11805 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11806 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11807 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11808 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11809 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11810 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
11814 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11815 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
11816 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
11817 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
11818 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
11819 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
11824 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
11826 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11827 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
11829 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
11830 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11832 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11833 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
11834 0, 0, context_die
);
11837 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11838 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11839 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11841 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11842 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11843 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11844 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11849 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11851 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11853 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11854 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11855 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11856 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11858 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11859 later reused to represent definition. */
11860 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11863 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11865 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
11867 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11868 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
11870 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
11874 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
11875 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
11877 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
11880 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11882 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
11884 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
11886 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
11887 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11889 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
11891 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11892 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11893 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
11894 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
11895 current_function_funcdef_no
);
11896 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
11898 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
11899 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
11902 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11903 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11904 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11906 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11907 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11908 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11909 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11911 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11912 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11913 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11917 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11918 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11919 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
11922 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
11924 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11925 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11926 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11927 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11928 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11929 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11930 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11932 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11933 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11934 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11935 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11937 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
11938 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
11939 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
11941 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
11944 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11945 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11946 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11947 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11948 by this displacement. */
11949 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
11951 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
11952 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
11953 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
));
11956 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11957 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11958 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11959 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11960 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11961 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11962 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11963 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11964 an ellipsis at the end. */
11966 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11967 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11968 its formal parameters. */
11969 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11971 else if (declaration
)
11972 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
11975 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11976 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
11979 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11980 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11981 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
11982 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
11984 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
11985 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
11986 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11987 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11989 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
11992 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11993 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11994 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11995 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11996 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11997 parameters at all. */
11998 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11999 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
12001 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
12002 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
12003 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
12005 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12006 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
12009 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
12010 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
12011 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
12013 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
12014 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
12015 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
12016 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
12017 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
12018 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
12019 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
12021 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
12022 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
12023 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
12024 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
12025 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
12026 constructor function. */
12027 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
12029 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
12030 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
12031 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), subr_die
);
12033 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
12034 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
12036 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
12037 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
12039 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
12040 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
12042 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
12043 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
12048 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
12049 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12053 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12056 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12058 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12059 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
12061 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12062 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
12063 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12064 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12065 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12066 the program. For example, consider the C++
12070 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12075 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12077 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12078 definition is required, so the compiler will
12079 not emit a definition. */
12080 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
12081 && DECL_COMDAT (decl
) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12082 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
12084 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12085 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
12087 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12088 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12090 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12091 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12094 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12096 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12097 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12098 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12100 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
12101 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
12103 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12104 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
12105 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
12107 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
12108 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
12110 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
12111 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12113 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
12114 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
12119 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
12120 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12121 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12123 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
12124 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
12126 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12127 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12129 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
12130 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12131 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
12132 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
12136 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12138 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
12139 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
12141 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12143 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
, DW_AT_location
);
12144 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
12147 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
12150 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12153 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12155 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12156 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
12158 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12160 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12161 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
12163 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
12165 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12166 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
12169 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
12171 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12172 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12173 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12177 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
12179 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12180 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12181 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12182 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12183 it if it ever does happen. */
12184 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
12186 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
12187 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12192 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12193 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12194 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12197 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12199 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
12201 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
12202 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
12205 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12206 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12209 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
12211 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12213 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
12217 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
12219 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
12222 add_ranges (chain
);
12223 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
12230 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
12231 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12232 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
12233 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
12234 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
12235 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
12239 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12242 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12244 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
12246 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12247 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
12249 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
12252 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12255 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12257 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12259 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12260 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12261 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12262 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12263 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12265 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
12267 dw_die_ref subr_die
12268 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
12270 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
12271 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12272 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
12274 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
12275 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
12278 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12279 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12280 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12281 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12282 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12283 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12284 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12285 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12286 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12287 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12288 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12290 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12293 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12296 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12298 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
12300 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
12303 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
12304 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
12305 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
12306 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
12309 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
12311 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12312 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12313 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12316 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
12317 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
12319 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
12320 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
12322 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
12323 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12324 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
12325 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
12327 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12328 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
12332 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12333 Use modified_type_die instead.
12334 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12335 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12338 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12341 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12343 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
12344 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12345 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
12348 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12349 Use modified_type_die instead.
12350 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12351 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12354 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12357 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12359 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
12360 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12361 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
12365 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12368 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12371 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
12372 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12374 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
12375 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12376 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
12377 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12380 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12383 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
12386 char producer
[250];
12387 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
12390 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
12394 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
12395 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12396 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
12397 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
12400 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
12402 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12403 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12404 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12405 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12406 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12407 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12408 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12409 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12410 strcat (producer
, " -g");
12413 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
12415 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
12416 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
12417 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12418 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
12419 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
12420 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
12421 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F95") == 0)
12422 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
12423 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12424 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
12425 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
12426 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
12427 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12428 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
12429 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12430 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
12432 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
12434 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
12438 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12441 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12443 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
12445 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
12446 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
12448 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
12449 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
12451 if (access
== access_public_node
)
12452 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
12453 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
12454 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
12457 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12460 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12463 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
12466 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12467 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12468 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12469 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12470 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12471 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12472 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12473 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12474 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12475 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12476 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12478 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12481 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
12485 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
12486 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
12487 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
12488 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
12491 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12492 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12494 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12495 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12496 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12497 do put them in the right order. */
12499 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12501 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12503 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12506 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12507 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
12509 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12510 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
12513 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
12515 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
12517 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
12521 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12522 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12523 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12526 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12528 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
12529 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
12531 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
12532 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12533 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
12534 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
12536 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
12539 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
12540 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12541 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
12544 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
12546 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
12547 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12549 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
12551 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
12552 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
12554 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
12556 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
12558 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
12561 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
12563 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12564 then give a list of members. */
12565 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
12567 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12568 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12569 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12570 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
12571 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12572 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
12574 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12575 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12576 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12577 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
12579 push_decl_scope (type
);
12580 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
12583 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12584 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
12586 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
12588 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
12589 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
12590 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
12595 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
12597 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12598 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
12599 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
12600 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
12603 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
12604 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
12607 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12610 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12612 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12613 dw_die_ref subr_die
12614 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
12615 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
12617 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
12618 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
12619 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12620 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
12622 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
12623 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
12626 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12629 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12631 dw_die_ref type_die
;
12634 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
12637 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
12638 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
12639 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12640 if (origin
!= NULL
)
12641 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
12646 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
12647 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
12649 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
12651 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12652 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
12655 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
12657 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
12658 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
12661 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
12662 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
12664 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
12665 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
12668 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12671 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12675 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12678 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12679 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12681 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12684 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12685 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
12687 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12688 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
12692 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12693 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12694 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12695 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12696 cloned type itself). */
12697 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12698 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
12700 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12703 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12709 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12710 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12711 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12712 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12713 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12715 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12717 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12718 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12719 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12723 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12724 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12725 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
12727 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12728 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12730 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12732 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12735 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12736 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12737 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12738 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12742 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12743 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
12744 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12748 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12752 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12755 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12758 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12759 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12760 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12761 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12762 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12763 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12764 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12765 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
12766 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
12767 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
12769 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
12771 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12774 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12775 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12776 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
12781 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
12785 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
12787 /* This might have been written out by the call to
12788 declare_in_namespace. */
12789 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
12790 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12793 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12798 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12799 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12800 when appropriate. */
12808 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12812 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12816 gcc_unreachable ();
12819 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
12822 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12825 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12827 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
12830 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12831 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12832 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12834 gcc_assert (type
== type_main_variant (type
));
12836 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12837 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12839 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12844 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12845 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12849 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12853 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12854 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12858 gcc_unreachable ();
12862 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12863 things which are local to the given block. */
12866 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12868 int must_output_die
= 0;
12871 enum tree_code origin_code
;
12873 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12874 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12877 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12878 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12879 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12880 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
12884 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
12885 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
12890 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12891 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12892 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12893 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12894 the current block. */
12895 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
12896 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
12898 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12900 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12901 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12902 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12903 must_output_die
= 1;
12906 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12907 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12908 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12909 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12910 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12911 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12912 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12913 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
12915 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12916 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12917 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12918 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12919 as being a "significant" one. */
12920 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
12921 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
12922 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
12923 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
12925 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12926 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12927 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
12928 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12929 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12930 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12932 must_output_die
= 1;
12938 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12939 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12940 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12941 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12942 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12943 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12944 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12945 if (must_output_die
)
12947 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
12948 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12950 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12953 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
12956 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12957 all of its sub-blocks. */
12960 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
12965 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12966 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
12969 if (TREE_USED (stmt
))
12971 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12972 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12973 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12974 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12975 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12979 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
12980 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
12981 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
12982 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12986 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
12987 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
12988 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12989 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12990 in varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12991 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
))
12994 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12998 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
12999 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13002 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
13003 therein) of this block. */
13004 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
13006 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
13007 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
13010 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
13013 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
13015 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
13018 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
13019 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
13020 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
13021 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
13022 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
13023 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
13029 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
13032 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
13034 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
13035 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
13036 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
13037 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13040 dw_die_ref context_die
;
13041 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
13044 /* Find die that represents this context. */
13045 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
13046 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
13048 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
13051 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13053 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13057 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13059 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13060 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13061 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13062 declaration die. */
13063 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
13064 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
13065 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
13066 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
13070 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13071 gen_decl_die() call. */
13072 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
13073 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
13074 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13075 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
13078 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13079 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13083 gcc_unreachable ();
13086 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13088 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13089 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
13095 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
13098 force_type_die (tree type
)
13100 dw_die_ref type_die
;
13102 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13105 dw_die_ref context_die
;
13106 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13108 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
13109 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13111 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13114 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13116 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13119 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
13120 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
13121 gcc_assert (type_die
);
13126 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13127 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13130 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13132 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
13133 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
13134 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
13135 /* Force out the namespace. */
13136 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
13138 return context_die
;
13141 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13142 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13144 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13145 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13148 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13150 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
13152 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13155 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13156 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13157 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13158 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
13161 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
13163 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
13165 if (DECL_P (thing
))
13166 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
13168 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
13172 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13175 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
13177 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
13179 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13180 they are an alias of. */
13181 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
13183 /* Output a real namespace. */
13184 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13185 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
13186 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
13187 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
13191 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13193 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13194 dw_die_ref origin_die
13195 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13197 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13198 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13199 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
13200 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
13201 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
13202 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
13206 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13209 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
13213 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13216 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13222 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13223 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13226 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13227 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13228 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13229 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
13230 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
13235 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13236 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13237 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
13238 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13241 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13242 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
13243 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
13245 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13246 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13247 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
13248 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
13249 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
13250 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13251 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13252 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13253 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13255 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
13256 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
13259 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13260 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13262 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13263 have described its return type. */
13264 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
13266 /* And its virtual context. */
13267 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13268 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
13270 /* And its containing type. */
13271 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13272 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
13273 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
13275 /* And its containing namespace. */
13276 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
13279 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13280 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
13284 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13285 actual typedefs. */
13286 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13289 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13290 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13291 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13292 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13293 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13294 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13295 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
13297 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13301 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
13302 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13304 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13305 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
13309 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13310 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
13315 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13316 variable declarations or definitions. */
13317 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13320 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13322 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13324 /* And its containing type. */
13325 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
13326 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
13327 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
13329 /* And its containing namespace. */
13330 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
13332 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13333 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13334 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13336 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
13337 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
13338 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
13340 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
13344 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13345 anonymous unions and structs. */
13346 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
13347 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
13348 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
13350 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
13351 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
13356 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
13357 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
13360 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13361 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
13365 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13366 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
13371 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13372 compilation proper has finished. */
13375 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
13377 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13378 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13379 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13380 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13381 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
13382 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13385 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13386 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13388 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
13391 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
13394 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13397 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
13399 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
13400 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
13401 expanded_location xloc
;
13403 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13408 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13409 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13412 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13413 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13415 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13416 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
13417 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
13419 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
13421 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13422 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
13423 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
13426 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
13427 if (!at_import_die
)
13429 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13430 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13431 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
13433 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
13434 dw_die_ref type_context_die
;
13436 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
13437 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
13438 type_context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13440 type_context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
13442 type_context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13443 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
, type_context_die
);
13445 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
13449 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13450 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
13451 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
13453 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
13455 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
13456 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
13457 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
13458 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
13461 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13464 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
13466 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
13468 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
13473 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
13474 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13475 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13476 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13477 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13478 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13479 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13480 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13481 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13482 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13483 with the definition of the function.
13485 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13486 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13487 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13488 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13489 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13490 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13491 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13492 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13493 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13494 that they *are* definitions).
13496 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13497 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13498 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13499 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13500 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13501 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
13504 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13505 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13506 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13507 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
13508 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13509 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13510 context_die
= NULL
;
13514 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13515 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13516 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13517 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13518 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13519 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13520 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13521 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13522 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
13525 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13526 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
13527 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
13529 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13530 variable declarations or definitions. */
13531 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13535 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
13536 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13538 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
13543 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13544 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
13547 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13548 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13549 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
13551 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13552 comparisons have. */
13554 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13555 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
13556 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
13561 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13562 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
13565 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13566 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13567 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
13568 context_die
= NULL
;
13576 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
13579 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13580 a lexical block. */
13583 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13584 unsigned int blocknum
)
13586 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13587 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13590 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13594 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
13596 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13597 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
13600 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13601 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13603 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13604 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13605 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13608 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
13612 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
13613 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
13614 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
13620 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
13623 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
13625 const struct dwarf_file_data
* p1
= p1_p
;
13626 const char * p2
= p2_p
;
13627 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
13631 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
13633 const struct dwarf_file_data
* p
= p_p
;
13634 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
13637 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13638 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13639 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13640 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13641 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13642 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13643 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13644 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13645 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13648 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
13649 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
13652 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
13654 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13655 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13656 if (file_table_last_lookup
13657 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
13658 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
13659 return file_table_last_lookup
;
13661 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13662 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
13663 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
13667 created
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data
));
13668 created
->filename
= file_name
;
13669 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
13674 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13675 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13676 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13677 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13678 types, which may include filenames. */
13681 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
13683 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
13685 if (last_emitted_file
)
13686 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
13688 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
13689 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
13691 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13693 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
13694 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
, fd
->filename
);
13695 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
13699 return fd
->emitted_number
;
13702 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13703 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13704 our lookup table. */
13707 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
13709 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
13710 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
13712 static rtx last_insn
;
13713 static const char *last_label
;
13716 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
13718 prev_insn
= PREV_INSN (loc_note
);
13720 newloc
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node
));
13721 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13722 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13724 if (last_insn
!= NULL_RTX
13725 && last_insn
== prev_insn
13726 && NOTE_P (prev_insn
)
13727 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
13729 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
13733 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13734 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
13736 newloc
->label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
13738 newloc
->var_loc_note
= loc_note
;
13739 newloc
->next
= NULL
;
13741 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
13742 newloc
->section_label
= cfun
->cold_section_label
;
13744 newloc
->section_label
= text_section_label
;
13746 last_insn
= loc_note
;
13747 last_label
= newloc
->label
;
13748 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
13749 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, newloc
);
13752 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13753 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13754 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13755 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13758 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
13760 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
13762 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
13763 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
13766 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13767 and record information relating to this source line, in
13768 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13771 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
13773 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13776 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
13778 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13780 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13781 if (flag_debug_asm
)
13782 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
13785 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13787 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13788 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
13790 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13791 line_info_table_in_use
++;
13793 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
13795 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
13796 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
13797 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13798 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
13800 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13801 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13802 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
13804 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13805 separate_line_info_table
13806 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
13807 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13808 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
13809 memset (separate_line_info_table
13810 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
13812 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13813 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
13816 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13818 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
13819 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
13820 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13821 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
13825 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
13827 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
13828 line_info_table_in_use
);
13830 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13831 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
13833 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13835 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
13836 (line_info_table_allocated
13837 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
13838 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
13839 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13842 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13843 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
13844 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
13845 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
13850 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13853 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
13855 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13857 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13858 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
13860 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13861 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
13864 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13866 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
13868 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13869 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
13870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
13873 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
13877 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13880 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13882 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13883 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13884 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
13886 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13888 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13889 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13893 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13894 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13895 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13898 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13899 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13901 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13903 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13904 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
13905 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13906 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13910 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13911 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13912 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13915 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13916 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13918 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13920 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
13921 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
13922 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
13923 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
13927 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13930 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13932 /* Allocate the file_table. */
13933 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
13934 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
13936 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13937 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
13938 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
13940 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13941 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
13942 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
13944 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13945 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
13947 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13948 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13949 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
13950 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13951 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13952 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
13954 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13955 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13956 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
13957 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
13959 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13960 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
13962 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
13963 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
13964 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
13966 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13967 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13968 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13969 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13970 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13971 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13972 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
13974 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
13976 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
13978 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
13979 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13980 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
13981 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13982 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
13983 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13984 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
13985 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13986 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
13987 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13988 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
13989 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13990 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
13991 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13992 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
13993 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
13994 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
13996 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
13997 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
13998 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
13999 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14000 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
14001 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
14003 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
14004 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
14005 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14006 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14007 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
14008 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14009 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
14011 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
14012 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14013 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
14014 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14015 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
14016 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14017 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
14018 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
14019 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
14020 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
14021 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
14022 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
14024 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14026 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14027 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
14028 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14029 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
14032 switch_to_section (text_section
);
14033 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
14034 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
14036 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14037 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
14041 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
14042 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
14045 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14047 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
14049 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
14051 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
14052 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
14053 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
14059 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14060 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14063 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
14067 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
14068 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
14070 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14072 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14073 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14076 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
14082 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
14085 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14086 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14089 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
14094 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
14096 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
14098 /* A reference to another DIE.
14099 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14100 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
14102 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14103 accounts properly for it. */
14104 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
14105 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
14110 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14111 to DIE's children. */
14114 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
14118 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
14120 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14123 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14124 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14125 if (die
->die_parent
)
14126 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
14128 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14129 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
14131 /* If this node is a specification,
14132 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14133 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
14134 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
14137 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
14139 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14140 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14143 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14144 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14145 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
14146 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
14148 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
14153 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14156 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
14160 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14164 switch (die
->die_tag
)
14166 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
14167 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
14168 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
14169 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
14170 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
14171 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
14172 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
14173 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
14174 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
14175 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
14176 case DW_TAG_friend
:
14177 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
14178 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
14179 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
14180 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
14181 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
14182 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
14183 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
14184 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
14185 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
14188 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14192 /* Mark everything else. */
14198 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14199 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
14201 /* Mark children. */
14202 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
14205 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
14209 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
14214 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
14215 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
14217 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
14219 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14220 twice in the hash table. */
14222 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
14225 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
14226 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
14228 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
14234 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14237 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
14241 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
14242 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
14244 if (! die
->die_child
)
14247 c
= die
->die_child
;
14249 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
14250 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
14251 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
14253 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
14255 /* No marked children at all. */
14256 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
14259 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
14260 die
->die_child
= prev
;
14265 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
14267 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
14268 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
14272 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14275 prune_unused_types (void)
14278 limbo_die_node
*node
;
14281 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14282 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
14283 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
14284 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14285 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
14286 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14288 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14289 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
14290 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14291 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
14293 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14294 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14295 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
14296 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
14297 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
14298 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
14300 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14301 if (debug_str_hash
)
14302 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
14303 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
14304 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14305 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
14307 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14308 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
14309 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14310 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
14313 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
14316 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
14319 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= *slot
;
14320 if (d
->emitted_number
&& !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
14328 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14329 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14332 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
14334 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
14335 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
14337 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14338 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14339 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
14340 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
14341 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
14342 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
14345 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
14347 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
14350 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14351 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14352 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14353 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14355 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
14357 next_node
= node
->next
;
14360 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
14362 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
14365 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
14366 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
14368 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
14369 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14370 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
14373 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14374 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14375 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14376 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14377 this to be a child of the containing function.
14379 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14380 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14381 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14382 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14383 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
14385 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
14387 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
14388 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
14389 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
14390 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
14392 gcc_assert (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
);
14394 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
14396 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
14398 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
14403 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
14405 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14406 emit full debugging info for them. */
14407 retry_incomplete_types ();
14409 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
14410 prune_unused_types ();
14412 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14413 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14414 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
14415 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
14417 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14418 that have children. */
14419 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
14420 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14421 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
14423 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14424 switch_to_section (text_section
);
14425 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
14426 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
14428 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14429 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
14432 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14434 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
14436 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
14437 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
14440 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14441 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14442 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
14443 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
14445 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14446 if (have_location_lists
)
14448 /* Output the location lists info. */
14449 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
14450 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
14451 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
14452 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
14453 output_location_lists (die
);
14456 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
14457 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
14458 debug_line_section_label
);
14460 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14461 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
14463 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14464 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14465 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14466 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
14468 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
14470 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14471 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
14472 output_abbrev_section ();
14474 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14475 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
14477 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
14478 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
14481 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14482 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
14483 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
14485 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
14486 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
14490 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14491 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14492 if (fde_table_in_use
)
14494 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
14498 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14499 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
14501 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
14502 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
14506 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14507 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14508 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14509 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14510 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
14511 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
14512 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
14514 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
14515 output_line_info ();
14518 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14519 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
14521 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
14522 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14525 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14527 if (debug_str_hash
)
14528 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
14532 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14533 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
14535 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14537 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"